Merge "Make Database::__clone() a bit more robust using handleSessionLoss()"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
620 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
621 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
622 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
623 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
624 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
625 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
626 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
627 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
628 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
629 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
630 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
631 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
632 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
633 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
634 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
635 */
636 $wgFileBackends = [];
637
638 /**
639 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
640 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
641 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
642 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
643 *
644 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
645 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
646 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
647 */
648 $wgLockManagers = [];
649
650 /**
651 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
652 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
653 *
654 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
655 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
656 * extensions" section of php.ini:
657 * @code{.ini}
658 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
659 * @endcode
660 */
661 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
662
663 /**
664 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
665 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
666 * Defaults to false.
667 */
668 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
669
670 /**
671 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
672 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
673 * $wgUploadDirectory.
674 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
675 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
676 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
677 * directory.
678 *
679 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
680 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
681 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
682 */
683 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
684
685 /**
686 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
687 */
688 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
689
690 /**
691 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
692 */
693 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
694
695 /**
696 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
697 */
698 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
699
700 /**
701 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
702 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
703 */
704 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
705
706 /**
707 * Optional table prefix used in database.
708 */
709 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
710
711 /**
712 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
713 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
714 */
715 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
716
717 /**
718 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
719 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
720 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
721 */
722 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
723
724 /**
725 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
726 *
727 * @since 1.20
728 */
729 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
730
731 /**
732 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
733 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
734 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
735 */
736 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
737
738 /**
739 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
740 * @since 1.20
741 */
742 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
743
744 /**
745 * Different timeout for upload by url
746 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
747 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
748 * to default.
749 *
750 * @since 1.22
751 */
752 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
753
754 /**
755 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
756 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
757 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
758 * for non-specified types.
759 *
760 * @par Example:
761 * @code
762 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
763 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
764 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
765 * ];
766 * @endcode
767 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
768 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
769 */
770 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
771
772 /**
773 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
774 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
775 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
776 * @since 1.26
777 */
778 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
779
780 /**
781 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
782 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
783 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
784 *
785 * @par Example:
786 * @code
787 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
788 * @endcode
789 */
790 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
791
792 /**
793 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
794 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
795 * appended to it as appropriate.
796 */
797 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
798
799 /**
800 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
801 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
802 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
803 * access to the thumbnail path.
804 *
805 * @par Example:
806 * @code
807 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
808 * @endcode
809 */
810 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
811
812 /**
813 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
814 */
815 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
816
817 /**
818 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
819 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
820 *
821 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
822 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
823 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
824 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
825 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
826 *
827 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
828 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
829 */
830 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
831
832 /**
833 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
834 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
835 * directory layout.
836 */
837 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
838
839 /**
840 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
841 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
842 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
843 * image description page on this wiki.
844 *
845 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
846 */
847 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
848
849 /**
850 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
851 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
852 *
853 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
854 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
855 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
856 */
857 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
858
859 /**
860 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
861 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
862 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
863 */
864 $wgFileBlacklist = [
865 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
866 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
867 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
868 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
869 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
870 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
871 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
872 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
873
874 /**
875 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
876 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
877 */
878 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
879 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
880 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
881 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
882 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
883 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
884 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
885 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
886 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
887 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
888 'application/x-msmetafile',
889 ];
890
891 /**
892 * Allow Java archive uploads.
893 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
894 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
895 */
896 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
897
898 /**
899 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
900 *
901 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
902 */
903 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
904
905 /**
906 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
907 * by $wgFileExtensions.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
915 *
916 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
917 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
918 */
919 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
920
921 /**
922 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
923 */
924 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
925
926 /**
927 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
928 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
929 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
930 *
931 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
932 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
933 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
934 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
935 */
936 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
937 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
938 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
939 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
940 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
941 "application/pdf", // PDF files
942 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
943 ];
944
945 /**
946 * Plugins for media file type handling.
947 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
948 *
949 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
950 * and extensions should use extension.json.
951 */
952 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for page content model handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
957 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
958 *
959 * @since 1.21
960 */
961 $wgContentHandlers = [
962 // the usual case
963 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
964 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
965 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
966 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
967 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
968 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
969 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
970 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
971 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
972 ];
973
974 /**
975 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
976 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
977 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
978 */
979 $wgUseImageResize = true;
980
981 /**
982 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
983 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
984 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
985 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
986 *
987 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
988 */
989 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
990
991 /**
992 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
993 */
994 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
995
996 /**
997 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
998 * @since 1.27
999 */
1000 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1004 */
1005 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1006
1007 /**
1008 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1009 */
1010 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1011
1012 /**
1013 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1014 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1015 */
1016 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1017
1018 /**
1019 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1020 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1021 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1022 *
1023 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1024 * @code
1025 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1026 * @endcode
1027 *
1028 * Leave as false to skip this.
1029 */
1030 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1031
1032 /**
1033 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1034 *
1035 * @since 1.21
1036 */
1037 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1038
1039 /**
1040 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1041 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1042 * at sharp edges.
1043 *
1044 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1045 *
1046 * Supported values:
1047 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1048 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1049 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1050 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1051 *
1052 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1053 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1054 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1055 *
1056 * @since 1.27
1057 */
1058 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1059
1060 /**
1061 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1062 * image formats.
1063 */
1064 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1068 *
1069 * @since 1.26
1070 */
1071 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1075 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1076 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1077 *
1078 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1079 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1080 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1081 */
1082 $wgSVGConverters = [
1083 'ImageMagick' =>
1084 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1085 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1086 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1087 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1088 . '$output $input',
1089 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1090 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1091 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1092 ];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1096 */
1097 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1101 */
1102 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1106 */
1107 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1111 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1112 */
1113 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1114
1115 /**
1116 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1117 *
1118 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1119 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1120 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1121 *
1122 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1123 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1124 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1125 */
1126 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1127
1128 /**
1129 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1130 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1131 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1132 *
1133 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1134 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1135 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1136 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1137 *
1138 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1139 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1140 */
1141 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1142
1143 /**
1144 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1145 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1146 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1147 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1153 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1154 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1155 *
1156 * @par Example:
1157 * @code
1158 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1159 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1160 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1161 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1162 * @endcode
1163 */
1164 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1165
1166 /**
1167 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1168 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1169 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1170 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1171 */
1172 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1176 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1177 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1178 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1179 */
1180 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1181
1182 /**
1183 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1184 * output instead of showing an error message.
1185 *
1186 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1187 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1188 *
1189 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1190 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1191 * are logged to a file for review.
1192 */
1193 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1197 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1198 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1199 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1200 * webserver(s).
1201 */
1202 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1206 */
1207 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1211 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1212 * is available that can rotate.
1213 */
1214 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1218 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1219 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1220 */
1221 $wgAntivirus = null;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1225 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1226 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1227 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1228 *
1229 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1230 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1231 *
1232 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1233 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1234 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1235 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1236 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1237 * path.
1238 *
1239 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1240 * function in SpecialUpload.
1241 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1242 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1243 * is not set.
1244 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1245 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1246 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1247 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1248 * no virus was found.
1249 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1250 * a virus.
1251 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1252 *
1253 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1254 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1255 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1256 */
1257 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1258
1259 # setup for clamav
1260 'clamav' => [
1261 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1262 'codemap' => [
1263 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1264 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1265 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1266 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1267 ],
1268 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1269 ],
1270 ];
1271
1272 /**
1273 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1274 */
1275 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1276
1277 /**
1278 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1279 */
1280 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1281
1282 /**
1283 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1284 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1285 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1286 */
1287 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1288
1289 /**
1290 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1291 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1292 */
1293 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1297 * the MIME type to standard output.
1298 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1299 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1300 *
1301 * @par Example:
1302 * @code
1303 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1304 * @endcode
1305 */
1306 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1307
1308 /**
1309 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1310 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1311 * can be trusted.
1312 */
1313 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1317 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1318 */
1319 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1320 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1321 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1322 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1323 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1324 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1325 ];
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1329 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1330 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1331 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1332 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1333 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1334 */
1335 $wgImageLimits = [
1336 [ 320, 240 ],
1337 [ 640, 480 ],
1338 [ 800, 600 ],
1339 [ 1024, 768 ],
1340 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1341 ];
1342
1343 /**
1344 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1345 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1346 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1347 */
1348 $wgThumbLimits = [
1349 120,
1350 150,
1351 180,
1352 200,
1353 250,
1354 300
1355 ];
1356
1357 /**
1358 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1359 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1360 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1361 *
1362 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1363 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1364 * supports it.
1365 */
1366 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1367
1368 /**
1369 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1370 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1371 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1372 * following buckets:
1373 *
1374 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1375 *
1376 * and a distance of 50:
1377 *
1378 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1379 *
1380 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1381 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1382 */
1383 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1384
1385 /**
1386 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1387 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1388 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1389 *
1390 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1391 *
1392 * @since 1.25
1393 */
1394
1395 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1396
1397 /**
1398 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1399 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1400 *
1401 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1402 * thumbnail's URL.
1403 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1404 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1405 *
1406 * @since 1.25
1407 */
1408 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1409
1410 /**
1411 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1412 *
1413 * @since 1.25
1414 */
1415 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1416
1417 /**
1418 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1419 * HTTP request to.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1427 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.26
1430 */
1431 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1435 */
1436 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1437 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1438 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1439 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1440 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1441 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1442 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1443 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1444 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1445 'mode' => 'traditional',
1446 ];
1447
1448 /**
1449 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1450 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1451 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1452 */
1453 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1454
1455 /**
1456 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1457 */
1458 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1459
1460 /**
1461 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1462 *
1463 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1464 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1465 *
1466 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1467 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1468 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1469 */
1470 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1471
1472 /**
1473 * @name DJVU settings
1474 * @{
1475 */
1476
1477 /**
1478 * Path of the djvudump executable
1479 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1480 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1481 */
1482 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1483
1484 /**
1485 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1486 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1487 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1488 */
1489 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1490
1491 /**
1492 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1493 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1494 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1495 */
1496 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1500 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1501 *
1502 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1503 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1504 * the efficiency problem.
1505 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1506 *
1507 * @par Example:
1508 * @code
1509 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1510 * @endcode
1511 */
1512 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1513
1514 /**
1515 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1516 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1517 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1518 */
1519 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1520
1521 /**
1522 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1523 */
1524 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1525
1526 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1527
1528 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1529
1530 /************************************************************************//**
1531 * @name Email settings
1532 * @{
1533 */
1534
1535 /**
1536 * Site admin email address.
1537 *
1538 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1539 */
1540 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1541
1542 /**
1543 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1544 *
1545 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1555 */
1556 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1557
1558 /**
1559 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1560 *
1561 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1562 */
1563 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1564
1565 /**
1566 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1567 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1568 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1569 */
1570 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1574 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1575 */
1576 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1577
1578 /**
1579 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1580 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1581 *
1582 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1583 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1584 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1585 */
1586 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1590 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1591 */
1592 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1593
1594 /**
1595 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1596 */
1597 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1598
1599 /**
1600 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1601 */
1602 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1606 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1607 */
1608 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1609
1610 /**
1611 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1612 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1613 */
1614 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1615
1616 /**
1617 * SMTP Mode.
1618 *
1619 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1620 * Default to false or fill an array :
1621 *
1622 * @code
1623 * $wgSMTP = [
1624 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1625 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1626 * 'port' => '25',
1627 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1628 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1629 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1630 * ];
1631 * @endcode
1632 */
1633 $wgSMTP = false;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1637 */
1638 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1639
1640 /**
1641 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1642 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1643 */
1644 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1648 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1649 */
1650 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1651
1652 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1653 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1654 # enable or disable at their discretion
1655 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1656 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1657
1658 /**
1659 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1660 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1661 * spam relay.
1662 */
1663 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1664
1665 /**
1666 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1667 */
1668 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1669
1670 /**
1671 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1672 * user talk page.
1673 *
1674 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1675 * preference set to true.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1681 * allowed this in the preferences.
1682 */
1683 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1684
1685 /**
1686 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1687 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1688 *
1689 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1690 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1691 *
1692 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1693 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1694 *
1695 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1696 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1697 */
1698 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1699
1700 /**
1701 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1702 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1703 *
1704 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1705 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1706 */
1707 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1711 * match the limit on your mail server.
1712 */
1713 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1714
1715 /**
1716 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1717 */
1718 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1722 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1723 */
1724 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1725
1726 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1727
1728 /************************************************************************//**
1729 * @name Database settings
1730 * @{
1731 */
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Database host name or IP address
1735 */
1736 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1737
1738 /**
1739 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1740 */
1741 $wgDBport = 5432;
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Name of the database
1745 */
1746 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database username
1750 */
1751 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Database user's password
1755 */
1756 $wgDBpassword = '';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database type
1760 */
1761 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1765 *
1766 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1767 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1768 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1769 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1770 */
1771 $wgDBssl = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBcompress = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1785 */
1786 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1787
1788 /**
1789 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Search type.
1795 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1796 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1797 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1798 */
1799 $wgSearchType = null;
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Alternative search types
1803 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1804 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1805 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1806 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1807 */
1808 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Table name prefix
1812 */
1813 $wgDBprefix = '';
1814
1815 /**
1816 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1817 */
1818 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1819
1820 /**
1821 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1822 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1823 * DBA has done his best job.
1824 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1825 */
1826 $wgSQLMode = '';
1827
1828 /**
1829 * Mediawiki schema
1830 */
1831 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1840 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1841 * main database.
1842 *
1843 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1844 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1845 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1846 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1847 *
1848 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1849 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1850 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1851 *
1852 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1853 * $wgDBprefix.
1854 *
1855 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1856 * $wgDBmwschema.
1857 *
1858 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1859 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1860 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1861 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1862 */
1863 $wgSharedDB = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * @see $wgSharedDB
1867 */
1868 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * @see $wgSharedDB
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 * @since 1.23
1878 */
1879 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1880
1881 /**
1882 * Database load balancer
1883 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1884 * Fields are:
1885 * - host: Host name
1886 * - dbname: Default database name
1887 * - user: DB user
1888 * - password: DB password
1889 * - type: DB type
1890 *
1891 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1892 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1893 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1894 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1895 *
1896 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1897 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1898 *
1899 * - flags: bit field
1900 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1901 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1902 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1903 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1904 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1905 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1906 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1907 * if available
1908 *
1909 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1910 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1911 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1912 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1913 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1914 *
1915 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1916 * variable of the Database object.
1917 *
1918 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1919 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1920 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1921 *
1922 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1923 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1924 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1925 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1926 *
1927 * @code
1928 * SET @@read_only=1;
1929 * @endcode
1930 *
1931 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1932 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1933 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1934 */
1935 $wgDBservers = false;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Load balancer factory configuration
1939 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1940 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1941 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1942 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1943 *
1944 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1945 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1946 */
1947 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1948
1949 /**
1950 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1951 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1952 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1953 * @since 1.27
1954 */
1955 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1956
1957 /**
1958 * File to log database errors to
1959 */
1960 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1961
1962 /**
1963 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1964 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1965 *
1966 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1967 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1968 *
1969 * @par Examples:
1970 * @code
1971 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1972 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1973 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1974 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1975 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1976 * @endcode
1977 *
1978 * @since 1.20
1979 */
1980 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1981
1982 /**
1983 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1984 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1985 *
1986 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1987 *
1988 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1989 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1990 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1991 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1992 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1993 *
1994 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1995 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1996 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1997 */
1998 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2002 *
2003 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2004 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2005 * block).
2006 *
2007 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2008 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2009 * connections.
2010 *
2011 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2012 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2013 * pooled.
2014 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2015 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2016 *
2017 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2018 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2019 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2020 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2021 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2022 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2023 *
2024 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2025 *
2026 */
2027 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2028
2029 /**
2030 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2031 * account.
2032 * Array numeric key => database name
2033 */
2034 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2035
2036 /**
2037 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2038 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2039 * show a more obvious warning.
2040 */
2041 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2042
2043 /**
2044 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2045 */
2046 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2047
2048 /**
2049 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2050 */
2051 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2052
2053 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2054
2055 /************************************************************************//**
2056 * @name Text storage
2057 * @{
2058 */
2059
2060 /**
2061 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2062 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2063 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2064 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2065 */
2066 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2067
2068 /**
2069 * External stores allow including content
2070 * from non database sources following URL links.
2071 *
2072 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2073 * @code
2074 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2075 * @endcode
2076 *
2077 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2078 */
2079 $wgExternalStores = [];
2080
2081 /**
2082 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2083 *
2084 * @par Example:
2085 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2086 * @code
2087 * $wgExternalServers = [
2088 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2089 * ];
2090 * @endcode
2091 *
2092 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2093 * another class.
2094 */
2095 $wgExternalServers = [];
2096
2097 /**
2098 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2099 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2100 *
2101 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2102 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2103 *
2104 * @par Example:
2105 * @code
2106 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2107 * @endcode
2108 *
2109 * @var array
2110 */
2111 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2112
2113 /**
2114 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2115 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2116 *
2117 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2118 */
2119 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2120
2121 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2122
2123 /************************************************************************//**
2124 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2125 * @{
2126 */
2127
2128 /**
2129 * Disable database-intensive features
2130 */
2131 $wgMiserMode = false;
2132
2133 /**
2134 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2135 */
2136 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2137
2138 /**
2139 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2140 */
2141 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2142
2143 /**
2144 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2145 */
2146 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2147
2148 /**
2149 * Enable slow parser functions
2150 */
2151 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2152
2153 /**
2154 * Allow schema updates
2155 */
2156 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2157
2158 /**
2159 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2160 */
2161 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2162
2163 /**
2164 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2165 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2166 */
2167 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2168
2169 /**
2170 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2171 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2172 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2173 * @since 1.26
2174 */
2175 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2176
2177 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2178
2179 /************************************************************************//**
2180 * @name Cache settings
2181 * @{
2182 */
2183
2184 /**
2185 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2186 * from the web.
2187 *
2188 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2189 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2190 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2191 */
2192 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2193
2194 /**
2195 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2196 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2197 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2198 *
2199 * The options are:
2200 *
2201 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2202 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2203 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2204 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2205 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2206 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2207 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2208 *
2209 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2210 */
2211 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2212
2213 /**
2214 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2215 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2216 *
2217 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2218 */
2219 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2220
2221 /**
2222 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2223 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2224 *
2225 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2226 */
2227 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * The cache type for storing session data.
2231 *
2232 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2233 */
2234 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2235
2236 /**
2237 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2238 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2239 *
2240 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2241 *
2242 * @since 1.20
2243 */
2244 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2245
2246 /**
2247 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2248 *
2249 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2250 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2251 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2252 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2253 *
2254 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2255 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2256 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2257 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2258 */
2259 $wgObjectCaches = [
2260 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2261 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2262
2263 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2264 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2265 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2266
2267 'db-replicated' => [
2268 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2269 'readFactory' => [
2270 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2271 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2272 ],
2273 'writeFactory' => [
2274 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2275 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2276 ],
2277 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2278 'reportDupes' => false
2279 ],
2280
2281 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2282 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2283 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2284 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2285 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2286 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2287 ];
2288
2289 /**
2290 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2291 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2292 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2293 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2294 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2295 *
2296 * The options are:
2297 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2298 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2299 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2300 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2301 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2302 * @since 1.26
2303 */
2304 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2305
2306 /**
2307 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2308 *
2309 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2310 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2311 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2312 *
2313 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2314 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2315 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2316 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2317 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2318 *
2319 * @since 1.26
2320 */
2321 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2322 CACHE_NONE => [
2323 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2324 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2325 'channels' => []
2326 ]
2327 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2328 'memcached-php' => [
2329 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2330 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2331 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2332 ]
2333 */
2334 ];
2335
2336 /**
2337 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2338 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2339 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2340 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2341 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2342 *
2343 * The options are:
2344 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2345 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2346 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2347 *
2348 * @since 1.26
2349 */
2350 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2351
2352 /**
2353 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2354 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2355 */
2356 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2357
2358 /**
2359 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2360 *
2361 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2362 */
2363 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2364
2365 /**
2366 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2367 */
2368 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2369
2370 /**
2371 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2372 */
2373 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2374
2375 /**
2376 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2377 */
2378 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2379
2380 /**
2381 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2382 *
2383 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2384 *
2385 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2386 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2387 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2388 * others' cookies.
2389 *
2390 * @since 1.27
2391 * @var string
2392 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2393 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2394 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2395 */
2396 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2397
2398 /**
2399 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2400 *
2401 * @since 1.28
2402 */
2403 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2404
2405 /**
2406 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2407 */
2408 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2409
2410 /**
2411 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2412 */
2413 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2414
2415 /**
2416 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2417 * requests.
2418 */
2419 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2420
2421 /**
2422 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2423 */
2424 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2425
2426 /**
2427 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2428 *
2429 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2430 *
2431 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2432 *
2433 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2434 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2435 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2436 */
2437 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2438
2439 /**
2440 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2441 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2442 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2443 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2444 */
2445 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2446
2447 /**
2448 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2449 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2450 *
2451 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2452 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2453 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2454 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2455 * otherwise the database will be used.
2456 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2457 * store static arrays.
2458 *
2459 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2460 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2461 *
2462 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2463 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2464 * will be used.
2465 *
2466 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2467 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2468 */
2469 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2470 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2471 'store' => 'detect',
2472 'storeClass' => false,
2473 'storeDirectory' => false,
2474 'manualRecache' => false,
2475 ];
2476
2477 /**
2478 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2479 */
2480 $wgCachePages = true;
2481
2482 /**
2483 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2484 * client-side and server-side caching.
2485 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2486 * @verbatim
2487 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2488 * @endverbatim
2489 */
2490 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2491
2492 /**
2493 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2494 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2495 */
2496 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2500 *
2501 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2502 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2503 * styles.
2504 */
2505 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2506
2507 /**
2508 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2509 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2510 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2511 */
2512 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2516 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2517 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2518 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2519 */
2520 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2521
2522 /**
2523 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2524 * @deprecated since 1.26
2525 */
2526 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2527
2528 /**
2529 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2530 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2531 */
2532 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2533
2534 /**
2535 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2536 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2537 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2538 *
2539 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2540 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2541 * don't update as expected.
2542 */
2543 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2544
2545 /**
2546 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2547 */
2548 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2549
2550 /**
2551 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2552 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2553 *
2554 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2555 */
2556 $wgUseGzip = false;
2557
2558 /**
2559 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2560 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2561 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2562 * a grace period.
2563 */
2564 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2565
2566 /**
2567 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2568 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2569 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2570 *
2571 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2572 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2573 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2574 */
2575 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2576
2577 /**
2578 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2579 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2580 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2581 *
2582 * @par Example:
2583 * @code
2584 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2585 * @endcode
2586 *
2587 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2588 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2589 *
2590 * @var int|bool
2591 */
2592 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2593
2594 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2595
2596 /************************************************************************//**
2597 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2598 *
2599 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2600 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2601 *
2602 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2603 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2604 * more details.
2605 *
2606 * @{
2607 */
2608
2609 /**
2610 * Enable/disable CDN.
2611 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2612 */
2613 $wgUseSquid = false;
2614
2615 /**
2616 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2617 */
2618 $wgUseESI = false;
2619
2620 /**
2621 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2622 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2623 * @since 1.27
2624 */
2625 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2626
2627 /**
2628 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2629 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2630 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2631 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2632 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2633 * HTTP redirects.
2634 */
2635 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2636
2637 /**
2638 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2639 *
2640 * @par Example:
2641 * @code
2642 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2643 * @endcode
2644 */
2645 $wgInternalServer = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2649 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2650 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2651 *
2652 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2653 */
2654 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2655
2656 /**
2657 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2658 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2659 * @since 1.27
2660 */
2661 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2665 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2666 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2667 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2668 *
2669 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2670 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2671 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2672 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2673 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2674 *
2675 * @since 1.27
2676 */
2677 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2681 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2682 * @since 1.27
2683 */
2684 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2685
2686 /**
2687 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2688 *
2689 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2690 */
2691 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2692
2693 /**
2694 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2695 *
2696 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2697 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2698 *
2699 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2700 */
2701 $wgSquidServers = [];
2702
2703 /**
2704 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2705 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2706 * CIDR blocks.
2707 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2708 */
2709 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2710
2711 /**
2712 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2713 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2714 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2715 *
2716 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2717 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2718 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2719 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2720 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2721 *
2722 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2723 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2724 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2725 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2726 * reverse).
2727 *
2728 * @since 1.21
2729 */
2730 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2731
2732 /**
2733 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2734 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2735 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2736 *
2737 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2738 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2739 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2740 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2741 *
2742 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2743 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2744 * @code
2745 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2746 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2747 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2748 * 'port' => 4827,
2749 * ],
2750 * '' => [
2751 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2752 * 'port' => 4827,
2753 * ],
2754 * ];
2755 * @endcode
2756 *
2757 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2758 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2759 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2760 *
2761 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2762 * @code
2763 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2764 * '' => [
2765 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2766 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2767 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2768 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2769 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2770 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2771 * ],
2772 * ];
2773 * @endcode
2774 *
2775 * @since 1.22
2776 *
2777 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2778 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2779 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2780 *
2781 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2782 */
2783 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2784
2785 /**
2786 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2787 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2788 */
2789 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2790
2791 /**
2792 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2793 */
2794 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2795
2796 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2797
2798 /************************************************************************//**
2799 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2800 * @{
2801 */
2802
2803 /**
2804 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2805 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2806 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2807 *
2808 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2809 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2810 *
2811 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2812 * change it in their preferences.
2813 *
2814 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2815 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2816 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2817 */
2818 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2819
2820 /**
2821 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2822 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2823 */
2824 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2825
2826 /**
2827 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2828 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2829 *
2830 * @par Example:
2831 * @code
2832 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2833 * @endcode
2834 */
2835 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2836
2837 /**
2838 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2839 */
2840 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2841
2842 /**
2843 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2844 */
2845 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2846
2847 /**
2848 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2849 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2850 * Notes:
2851 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2852 * map.
2853 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2854 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2855 * this array.
2856 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2857 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2858 * the prefix in this array.
2859 */
2860 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2861
2862 /**
2863 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2864 */
2865 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2866
2867 /**
2868 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2869 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2870 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2871 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2872 */
2873 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2874 'als' => 'gsw',
2875 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2876 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2877 'bh' => 'bho',
2878 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2879 'no' => 'nb',
2880 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2881 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2882 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2883 'simple' => 'en',
2884 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2885 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2886 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2887 ];
2888
2889 /**
2890 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2891 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2892 * set to "ar".
2893 *
2894 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2895 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2896 */
2897 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2898
2899 /**
2900 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2901 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2902 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2903 * support these characters.
2904 *
2905 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2906 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2907 */
2908 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2909
2910 /**
2911 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2912 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2913 * impact.
2914 *
2915 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2916 * details.
2917 *
2918 * @since 1.17
2919 */
2920 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2921
2922 /**
2923 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2924 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2925 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2926 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2927 *
2928 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2929 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2930 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2931 */
2932 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2933
2934 /**
2935 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2936 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2937 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2938 */
2939 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2940 /**
2941 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2942 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2943 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2944 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2945 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2946 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2947 *
2948 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2949 */
2950 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2951 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2952 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2953
2954 /**
2955 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2956 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2957 *
2958 * Known useragents:
2959 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2960 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2961 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2962 * - [...]
2963 *
2964 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2965 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2966 */
2967 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2968
2969 /**
2970 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2971 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2972 */
2973 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2974 ];
2975
2976 /**
2977 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2978 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2979 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2980 *
2981 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2982 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2983 * to remain viewable.
2984 *
2985 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2986 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2987 */
2988 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2989
2990 /**
2991 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2992 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2993 */
2994 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2995
2996 /**
2997 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2998 * numerals in interface.
2999 */
3000 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3001
3002 /**
3003 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3004 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3005 */
3006 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3007
3008 /**
3009 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3010 */
3011 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3012
3013 /**
3014 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3015 */
3016 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3020 */
3021 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3022
3023 /**
3024 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3025 */
3026 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3030 */
3031 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3032
3033 /**
3034 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3035 *
3036 * @par Example:
3037 * @code
3038 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3039 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3040 * @endcode
3041 */
3042 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3043
3044 /**
3045 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3046 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3047 * language variant.
3048 *
3049 * @par Example:
3050 * @code
3051 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3052 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3053 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3054 * @endcode
3055 *
3056 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3057 *
3058 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3059 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3060 */
3061 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3062
3063 /**
3064 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3065 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3066 * customise these.
3067 */
3068 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3069
3070 /**
3071 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3072 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3073 *
3074 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3075 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3076 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3077 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3078 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3079 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3080 * the default behavior.
3081 *
3082 * @par Example:
3083 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3084 * portal:
3085 * @code
3086 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3087 * @endcode
3088 */
3089 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3093 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3094 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3095 *
3096 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3097 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3098 *
3099 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3100 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3101 *
3102 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3103 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3104 *
3105 * @par Examples:
3106 * @code
3107 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3108 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3109 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3110 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3111 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3112 * @endcode
3113 */
3114 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3115
3116 /**
3117 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3118 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3119 *
3120 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3121 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3122 *
3123 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3124 */
3125 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3126
3127 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3128
3129 /*************************************************************************//**
3130 * @name Output format and skin settings
3131 * @{
3132 */
3133
3134 /**
3135 * The default Content-Type header.
3136 */
3137 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3138
3139 /**
3140 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3141 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3142 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3143 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3144 * @deprecated since 1.22
3145 */
3146 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3147
3148 /**
3149 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3150 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3151 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3152 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3153 * @deprecated since 1.22
3154 */
3155 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3156
3157 /**
3158 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3159 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3160 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3161 * to true by Setup.php.
3162 * @deprecated since 1.22
3163 */
3164 $wgHtml5 = true;
3165
3166 /**
3167 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3168 *
3169 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3170 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3171 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3172 * @since 1.16
3173 */
3174 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3178 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3179 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3180 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3181 * @since 1.24
3182 */
3183 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3187 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3188 * stable and change has been communicated.
3189 * @since 1.24
3190 */
3191 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3192
3193 /**
3194 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3195 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3196 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3197 *
3198 * @since 1.28
3199 */
3200 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3204 *
3205 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3206 *
3207 * @par Example:
3208 * @code
3209 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3210 * @endcode
3211 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3212 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3213 *
3214 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3215 */
3216 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3217
3218 /**
3219 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3220 *
3221 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3222 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3223 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3224 */
3225 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3226
3227 /**
3228 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3229 */
3230 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3231
3232 /**
3233 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3234 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3235 */
3236 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3240 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3241 */
3242 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3243
3244 /**
3245 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3246 *
3247 * @since 1.24
3248 */
3249 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3250
3251 /**
3252 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3253 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3254 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3255 */
3256 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3257
3258 /**
3259 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3260 */
3261 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3262
3263 /**
3264 * Allow user Javascript page?
3265 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3266 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3267 */
3268 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3269
3270 /**
3271 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3272 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3273 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3274 */
3275 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3279 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3280 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3281 */
3282 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3286 */
3287 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3288
3289 /**
3290 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3291 */
3292 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3293
3294 /**
3295 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3296 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3297 */
3298 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3299
3300 /**
3301 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3302 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3303 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3304 *
3305 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3306 *
3307 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3308 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3309 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3310 *
3311 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3312 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3313 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3314 * recommended.
3315 *
3316 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3317 * not just edit pages.
3318 */
3319 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3320
3321 /**
3322 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3323 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3324 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3325 * Options are:
3326 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3327 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3328 * - false: Allow all framing.
3329 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3330 */
3331 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3332
3333 /**
3334 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3335 */
3336 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3337
3338 /**
3339 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3340 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3341 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3342 *
3343 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3344 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3345 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3346 */
3347 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3348
3349 /**
3350 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3351 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3352 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3353 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3354 *
3355 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3356 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3357 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3358 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3359 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3360 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3361 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3362 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3363 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3364 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3365 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3366 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3367 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3368 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3369 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3370 * not be outputted
3371 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3372 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3373 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3374 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3375 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3376 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3377 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3378 */
3379 $wgFooterIcons = [
3380 "copyright" => [
3381 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3382 ],
3383 "poweredby" => [
3384 "mediawiki" => [
3385 // Defaults to point at
3386 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3387 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3388 "src" => null,
3389 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3390 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3391 ]
3392 ],
3393 ];
3394
3395 /**
3396 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3397 * to create an account.
3398 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3399 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3400 */
3401 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3402
3403 /**
3404 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3405 */
3406 $wgEdititis = false;
3407
3408 /**
3409 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3410 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3411 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3412 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3413 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3414 *
3415 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3416 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3417 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3418 */
3419 $wgSend404Code = true;
3420
3421 /**
3422 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3423 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3424 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3425 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3426 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3427 *
3428 * @since 1.20
3429 */
3430 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3431
3432 /**
3433 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3434 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3435 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3436 * unconditionally.
3437 */
3438 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3439
3440 /**
3441 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3442 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3443 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3444 * the domain root.
3445 *
3446 * @since 1.25
3447 */
3448 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3449
3450 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3451
3452 /*************************************************************************//**
3453 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3454 * @{
3455 */
3456
3457 /**
3458 * Client-side resource modules.
3459 *
3460 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3461 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3462 *
3463 * @par Example:
3464 * @code
3465 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3466 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3467 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3468 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3469 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3470 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3471 * ];
3472 * @endcode
3473 */
3474 $wgResourceModules = [];
3475
3476 /**
3477 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3478 *
3479 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3480 * not be modified or disabled.
3481 *
3482 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3483 *
3484 * @par Example:
3485 * @code
3486 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3487 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3488 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3489 * ];
3490 *
3491 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3492 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3493 * ];
3494 * @endcode
3495 *
3496 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3497 *
3498 * @par Equivalent:
3499 * @code
3500 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3501 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3502 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3503 * 'skinStyles' => [
3504 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3505 * ],
3506 * ];
3507 * @endcode
3508 *
3509 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3510 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3511 *
3512 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3513 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3514 *
3515 * @par Example:
3516 * @code
3517 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3518 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3519 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3520 * 'skinStyles' => [
3521 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3522 * ],
3523 * ];
3524 * // Note the '+' character:
3525 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3526 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3527 * ];
3528 * @endcode
3529 *
3530 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3531 *
3532 * @par Equivalent:
3533 * @code
3534 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3535 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3536 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3537 * 'skinStyles' => [
3538 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3539 * 'foo' => [
3540 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3541 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3542 * ],
3543 * ],
3544 * ];
3545 * @endcode
3546 *
3547 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3548 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3549 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3550 *
3551 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3552 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3553 *
3554 * @par Example:
3555 * @code
3556 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3557 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3558 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3559 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3560 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3561 * ];
3562 * @endcode
3563 */
3564 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3565
3566 /**
3567 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3568 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3569 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3570 *
3571 * @par Example:
3572 * @code
3573 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3574 * @endcode
3575 */
3576 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3577
3578 /**
3579 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3580 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3581 */
3582 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3583
3584 /**
3585 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3586 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3587 *
3588 * Following options to distinguish:
3589 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3590 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3591 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3592 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3593 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3594 *
3595 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3596 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3597 * client and MediaWiki.
3598 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3599 */
3600 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3601 'versioned' => [
3602 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3603 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3604 ],
3605 'unversioned' => [
3606 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3607 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3608 ],
3609 ];
3610
3611 /**
3612 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3613 *
3614 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3615 */
3616 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3617
3618 /**
3619 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3620 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3621 *
3622 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3623 */
3624 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3625
3626 /**
3627 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3628 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3629 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3630 *
3631 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3632 */
3633 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3634
3635 /**
3636 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3637 *
3638 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3639 */
3640 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3641
3642 /**
3643 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3644 *
3645 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3646 * work.
3647 *
3648 * @par Example of legacy code:
3649 * @code{,js}
3650 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3651 * @endcode
3652 * or:
3653 * @code{,js}
3654 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3655 * @endcode
3656 *
3657 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3658 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3659 * @code{,js}
3660 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3661 * @endcode
3662 * or:
3663 * @code{,js}
3664 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3665 * @endcode
3666 */
3667 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3668
3669 /**
3670 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3671 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3672 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3673 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3674 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3675 * that you can't increase.
3676 *
3677 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3678 * string length limit.
3679 *
3680 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3681 */
3682 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3683
3684 /**
3685 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3686 * prior to minification to validate it.
3687 *
3688 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3689 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3690 */
3691 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3692
3693 /**
3694 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3695 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3696 *
3697 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3698 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3699 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3700 */
3701 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3702
3703 /**
3704 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3705 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3706 *
3707 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3708 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3709 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3710 *
3711 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3712 *
3713 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3714 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3715 *
3716 * @par Example:
3717 * @code
3718 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3719 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3720 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3721 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3722 * ];
3723 * @endcode
3724 * @since 1.22
3725 */
3726 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3727 /**
3728 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3729 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3730 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3731 * @since 1.27
3732 */
3733 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3734 ];
3735
3736 /**
3737 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3738 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3739 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3740 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3741 *
3742 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3743 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3744 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3745 * files from its own tree.
3746 *
3747 * @since 1.22
3748 */
3749 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3750 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3751 ];
3752
3753 /**
3754 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3755 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3756 */
3757 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3758
3759 /**
3760 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3761 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3762 *
3763 * @since 1.23
3764 */
3765 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3766
3767 /**
3768 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3769 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3770 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3771 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3772 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3773 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3774 * from the rest of the site.
3775 *
3776 * @since 1.25
3777 */
3778 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3779
3780 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3781
3782 /*************************************************************************//**
3783 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3784 * @{
3785 */
3786
3787 /**
3788 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3789 * used instead.
3790 */
3791 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3792
3793 /**
3794 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3795 *
3796 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3797 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3798 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3799 */
3800 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3801
3802 /**
3803 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3804 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3805 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3806 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3807 * hook or extension.json.
3808 *
3809 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3810 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3811 * the new namespace name.
3812 *
3813 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3814 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3815 *
3816 * @par Example:
3817 * @code
3818 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3819 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3820 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3821 * 102 => "Aide",
3822 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3823 * ];
3824 * @endcode
3825 *
3826 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3827 */
3828 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3829
3830 /**
3831 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3832 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3833 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3834 * @since 1.18
3835 */
3836 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3837
3838 /**
3839 * Namespace aliases.
3840 *
3841 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3842 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3843 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3844 * name.
3845 *
3846 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3847 *
3848 * @par Example:
3849 * @code
3850 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3851 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3852 * 'Help' => 100,
3853 * ];
3854 * @endcode
3855 */
3856 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3857
3858 /**
3859 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3860 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3861 *
3862 * Problematic punctuation:
3863 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3864 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3865 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3866 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3867 * corrupted by apache
3868 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3869 *
3870 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3871 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3872 *
3873 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3874 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3875 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3876 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3877 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3878 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3879 *
3880 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3881 *
3882 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3883 * this breaks interlanguage links
3884 */
3885 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3886
3887 /**
3888 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3889 *
3890 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3891 */
3892 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3893
3894 /**
3895 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3896 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3897 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3898 *
3899 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3900 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3901 */
3902 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3903
3904 /**
3905 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3906 */
3907 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3908
3909 /**
3910 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3911 * @{
3912 */
3913
3914 /**
3915 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3916 * database (.cdb) file.
3917 *
3918 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3919 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3920 * formats such as the following:
3921 *
3922 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3923 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3924 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3925 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3926 *
3927 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3928 * data layout.
3929 *
3930 * @var bool|array|string
3931 */
3932 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3933
3934 /**
3935 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3936 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3937 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3938 * - 3: site levels
3939 */
3940 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3941
3942 /**
3943 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3944 */
3945 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3946
3947 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3948
3949 /**
3950 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3951 * @{
3952 */
3953
3954 /**
3955 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3956 */
3957 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3958
3959 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3960
3961 /**
3962 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3963 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3964 * as 'redirected from' links.
3965 *
3966 * @par Example:
3967 * It might look something like this:
3968 * @code
3969 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3970 * @endcode
3971 *
3972 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3973 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3974 * the URL.
3975 */
3976 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3980 *
3981 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3982 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3983 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3984 */
3985 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3986
3987 /**
3988 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3989 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3990 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3991 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3992 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3993 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3994 * NS_FILE.
3995 *
3996 * @par Example:
3997 * @code
3998 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3999 * @endcode
4000 */
4001 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4002
4003 /**
4004 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4005 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4006 */
4007 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4008 NS_TALK => true,
4009 NS_USER => true,
4010 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4011 NS_PROJECT => true,
4012 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4013 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4014 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4015 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4016 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4017 NS_HELP => true,
4018 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4019 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4020 ];
4021
4022 /**
4023 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4024 *
4025 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4026 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4027 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4028 *
4029 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4030 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4031 *
4032 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4033 * the new extension registration system.
4034 *
4035 * @since 1.23
4036 */
4037 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4038
4039 /**
4040 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4041 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4042 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4043 * number of articles in the wiki.
4044 */
4045 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4046
4047 /**
4048 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4049 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4050 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4051 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4052 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4053 */
4054 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4055
4056 /**
4057 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4058 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4059 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4060 */
4061 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4062
4063 /**
4064 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4065 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4066 * will make the redirect fail.
4067 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4068 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4069 *
4070 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4071 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4072 */
4073 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4074
4075 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4076
4077 /************************************************************************//**
4078 * @name Parser settings
4079 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4080 * @{
4081 */
4082
4083 /**
4084 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4085 *
4086 * class The class name
4087 *
4088 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4089 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4090 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4091 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4092 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4093 *
4094 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4095 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4096 *
4097 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4098 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4099 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4100 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4101 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4102 * an extension setup function.
4103 */
4104 $wgParserConf = [
4105 'class' => 'Parser',
4106 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4107 ];
4108
4109 /**
4110 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4111 */
4112 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4113
4114 /**
4115 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4116 * by PPFrame::expand()
4117 */
4118 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4119
4120 /**
4121 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4122 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4123 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4124 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4125 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4126 *
4127 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4128 */
4129 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4130
4131 /**
4132 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4133 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4134 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4135 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4136 */
4137 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4138
4139 /**
4140 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4141 */
4142 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4143
4144 /**
4145 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4146 *
4147 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4148 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4149 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4150 * more information.
4151 *
4152 * @see wfParseUrl
4153 */
4154 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4155 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4156 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4157 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4158 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4159 ];
4160
4161 /**
4162 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4163 */
4164 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4165
4166 /**
4167 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4168 */
4169 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4170
4171 /**
4172 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4173 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4174 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4175 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4176 *
4177 * @par Examples:
4178 * @code
4179 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4180 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4181 * @endcode
4182 */
4183 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4184
4185 /**
4186 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4187 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4188 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4189 * The image will be displayed.
4190 *
4191 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4192 * Or false to disable it
4193 */
4194 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4198 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4199 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4200 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4201 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4202 * sites they control.
4203 */
4204 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4205
4206 /**
4207 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4208 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4209 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4210 *
4211 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4212 * parameters will be used instead.
4213 *
4214 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4215 *
4216 * Keys are:
4217 * - driver: May be:
4218 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4219 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4220 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4221 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4222 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4223 *
4224 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4225 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4226 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4227 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4228 */
4229 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4230
4231 /**
4232 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4233 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4234 */
4235 $wgUseTidy = false;
4236
4237 /**
4238 * The path to the tidy binary.
4239 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4240 */
4241 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4242
4243 /**
4244 * The path to the tidy config file
4245 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4246 */
4247 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4248
4249 /**
4250 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4251 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4252 */
4253 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4254
4255 /**
4256 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4257 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4258 */
4259 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4260
4261 /**
4262 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4263 * Only works for internal tidy.
4264 */
4265 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4266
4267 /**
4268 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4269 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4270 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4271 */
4272 $wgRawHtml = false;
4273
4274 /**
4275 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4276 *
4277 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4278 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4279 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4280 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4281 * to some of your users.
4282 */
4283 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4284
4285 /**
4286 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4287 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4288 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4289 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4290 */
4291 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4292
4293 /**
4294 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4295 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4296 */
4297 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4298
4299 /**
4300 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4301 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4302 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4303 *
4304 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4305 *
4306 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4307 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4308 * etc.
4309 *
4310 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4311 */
4312 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4313
4314 /**
4315 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4316 */
4317 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4318
4319 /**
4320 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4321 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4322 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4323 */
4324 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4325
4326 /**
4327 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4328 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4329 */
4330 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4331
4332 /**
4333 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4334 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4335 */
4336 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4337
4338 /**
4339 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4340 */
4341 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4342
4343 /**
4344 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4345 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4346 */
4347 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4348
4349 /**
4350 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4351 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4352 *
4353 * @since 1.28
4354 */
4355 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4356 'ISBN' => true,
4357 'PMID' => true,
4358 'RFC' => true
4359 ];
4360
4361 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4362
4363 /************************************************************************//**
4364 * @name Statistics
4365 * @{
4366 */
4367
4368 /**
4369 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4370 * as a valid article.
4371 *
4372 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4373 *
4374 * This variable can have the following values:
4375 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4376 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4377 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4378 *
4379 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4380 *
4381 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4382 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4383 * script.
4384 */
4385 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4386
4387 /**
4388 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4389 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4390 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4391 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4392 * numbers between different wikis.
4393 */
4394 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4395
4396 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4397
4398 /************************************************************************//**
4399 * @name User accounts, authentication
4400 * @{
4401 */
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Central ID lookup providers
4405 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4406 * @since 1.27
4407 */
4408 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4409 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4410 ];
4411
4412 /**
4413 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4414 * @var string
4415 */
4416 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4417
4418 /**
4419 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4420 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4421 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4422 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4423 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4424 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4425 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4426 * Statements:
4427 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4428 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4429 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4430 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4431 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4432 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4433 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4434 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4435 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4436 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4437 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4438 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4439 * @since 1.26
4440 */
4441 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4442 'policies' => [
4443 'bureaucrat' => [
4444 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4445 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4446 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4447 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4448 ],
4449 'sysop' => [
4450 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4451 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4452 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4453 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4454 ],
4455 'bot' => [
4456 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4457 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4458 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4459 ],
4460 'default' => [
4461 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4462 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4463 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4464 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4465 ],
4466 ],
4467 'checks' => [
4468 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4469 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4470 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4471 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4472 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4473 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4474 ],
4475 ];
4476
4477 /**
4478 * Configure AuthManager
4479 *
4480 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4481 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4482 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4483 * (default is 0).
4484 *
4485 * Elements are:
4486 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4487 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4488 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4489 *
4490 * @since 1.27
4491 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4492 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4493 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4494 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4495 */
4496 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4497
4498 /**
4499 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4500 * @since 1.27
4501 */
4502 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4503 'preauth' => [
4504 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4505 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4506 'sort' => 0,
4507 ],
4508 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4509 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4510 'sort' => 0,
4511 ],
4512 ],
4513 'primaryauth' => [
4514 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4515 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4516 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4517 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4518 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4519 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4520 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4521 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4522 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4523 'args' => [ [
4524 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4525 'authoritative' => false,
4526 ] ],
4527 'sort' => 0,
4528 ],
4529 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4530 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4531 'args' => [ [
4532 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4533 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4534 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4535 // password") if it too fails.
4536 'authoritative' => true,
4537 ] ],
4538 'sort' => 100,
4539 ],
4540 ],
4541 'secondaryauth' => [
4542 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4543 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4544 'sort' => 0,
4545 ],
4546 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4547 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4548 'sort' => 100,
4549 ],
4550 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4551 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4552 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4553 // 'sort' => 100,
4554 // ],
4555 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4556 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4557 'sort' => 200,
4558 ],
4559 ],
4560 ];
4561
4562 /**
4563 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4564 *
4565 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4566 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4567 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4568 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4569 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4570 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4571 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4572 * that needs to do this.
4573 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4574 * the last X seconds.
4575 * - Come up with a third option.
4576 *
4577 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4578 * "X seconds".
4579 *
4580 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4581 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4582 * - LinkAccounts
4583 * - UnlinkAccount
4584 * - ChangeCredentials
4585 * - RemoveCredentials
4586 * - ChangeEmail
4587 *
4588 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4589 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4590 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4591 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4592 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4593 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4594 *
4595 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4596 *
4597 * @since 1.27
4598 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4599 */
4600 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4601 'default' => 300,
4602 ];
4603
4604 /**
4605 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4606 *
4607 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4608 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4609 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4610 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4611 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4612 *
4613 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4614 *
4615 * @since 1.27
4616 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4617 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4618 */
4619 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4620 'default' => true,
4621 ];
4622
4623 /**
4624 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4625 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4626 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4627 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4628 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4629 * @since 1.27
4630 * @var string[]
4631 */
4632 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4633 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4634 ];
4635
4636 /**
4637 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4638 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4639 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4640 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4641 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4642 * @since 1.27
4643 * @var string[]
4644 */
4645 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4646 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4647 ];
4648
4649 /**
4650 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4651 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4652 */
4653 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4654
4655 /**
4656 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4657 * words are allowed.
4658 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4659 */
4660 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4661
4662 /**
4663 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4664 *
4665 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4666 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4667 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4668 *
4669 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4670 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4671 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4672 */
4673 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4674
4675 /**
4676 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4677 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4678 * @since 1.23
4679 */
4680 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4681
4682 /**
4683 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4684 *
4685 * @since 1.24
4686 */
4687 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4688
4689 /**
4690 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4691 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4692 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4693 *
4694 * An advanced example:
4695 * @code
4696 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4697 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4698 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4699 * 'secrets' => [],
4700 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4701 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4702 * 'cost' => 5,
4703 * ];
4704 * @endcode
4705 *
4706 * @since 1.24
4707 */
4708 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4709 'A' => [
4710 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4711 ],
4712 'B' => [
4713 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4714 ],
4715 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4716 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4717 'types' => [
4718 'A',
4719 'pbkdf2',
4720 ],
4721 ],
4722 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4723 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4724 'types' => [
4725 'B',
4726 'pbkdf2',
4727 ],
4728 ],
4729 'bcrypt' => [
4730 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4731 'cost' => 9,
4732 ],
4733 'pbkdf2' => [
4734 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4735 'algo' => 'sha512',
4736 'cost' => '30000',
4737 'length' => '64',
4738 ],
4739 ];
4740
4741 /**
4742 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4743 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4744 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4745 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4746 */
4747 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4748 'username' => true,
4749 'email' => true,
4750 ];
4751
4752 /**
4753 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4754 */
4755 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4756
4757 /**
4758 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4759 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4760 */
4761 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4762
4763 /**
4764 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4765 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4766 */
4767 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4768 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4769 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4770 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4771 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4772 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4773 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4774 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4775 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4776 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4777 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4778 ];
4779
4780 /**
4781 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4782 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4783 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4784 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4785 */
4786 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4787 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4788 'cols' => 80,
4789 'date' => 'default',
4790 'diffonly' => 0,
4791 'disablemail' => 0,
4792 'editfont' => 'default',
4793 'editondblclick' => 0,
4794 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4795 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4796 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4797 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4798 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4799 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4800 'fancysig' => 0,
4801 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4802 'gender' => 'unknown',
4803 'hideminor' => 0,
4804 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4805 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4806 'imagesize' => 2,
4807 'math' => 1,
4808 'minordefault' => 0,
4809 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4810 'nickname' => '',
4811 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4812 'numberheadings' => 0,
4813 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4814 'previewontop' => 1,
4815 'rcdays' => 7,
4816 'rclimit' => 50,
4817 'rows' => 25,
4818 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4819 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4820 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4821 'skin' => false,
4822 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4823 'thumbsize' => 5,
4824 'underline' => 2,
4825 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4826 'usenewrc' => 1,
4827 'watchcreations' => 1,
4828 'watchdefault' => 1,
4829 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4830 'watchuploads' => 1,
4831 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4832 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4833 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4834 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4835 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4836 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4837 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4839 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4840 'watchmoves' => 0,
4841 'watchrollback' => 0,
4842 'wllimit' => 250,
4843 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4844 'prefershttps' => 1,
4845 ];
4846
4847 /**
4848 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4849 */
4850 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4851
4852 /**
4853 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4854 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4855 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4856 */
4857 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4858
4859 /**
4860 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4861 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4862 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4863 *
4864 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4865 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4866 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4867 */
4868 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4869
4870 /**
4871 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4872 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4873 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4874 * @since 1.17
4875 */
4876 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4877
4878 /**
4879 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4880 *
4881 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4882 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4883 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4884 *
4885 * @since 1.27
4886 * @var string|null
4887 */
4888 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4889
4890 /**
4891 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4892 *
4893 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4894 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4895 *
4896 * @since 1.27
4897 */
4898 $wgSessionProviders = [
4899 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4900 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4901 'args' => [ [
4902 'priority' => 30,
4903 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4904 ] ],
4905 ],
4906 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4907 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4908 'args' => [ [
4909 'priority' => 75,
4910 ] ],
4911 ],
4912 ];
4913
4914 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4915
4916 /************************************************************************//**
4917 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4918 * @{
4919 */
4920
4921 /**
4922 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4923 */
4924 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4925
4926 /**
4927 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4928 */
4929 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4933 */
4934 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4935
4936 /**
4937 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4938 *
4939 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4940 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4941 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4942 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4943 *
4944 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4945 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4946 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4947 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4948 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4949 */
4950 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4951 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4952 'IPv6' => 19,
4953 ];
4954
4955 /**
4956 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4957 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4958 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4959 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4960 * anonymous visitors.
4961 */
4962 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4963
4964 /**
4965 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4966 *
4967 * @par Example:
4968 * @code
4969 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4970 * @endcode
4971 *
4972 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4973 *
4974 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4975 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4976 *
4977 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4978 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4979 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4980 */
4981 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4982
4983 /**
4984 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4985 *
4986 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4987 * is without underscore.
4988 *
4989 * @par Example:
4990 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4991 * @code
4992 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4993 * @endcode
4994 *
4995 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4996 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4997 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4998 *
4999 * @par Example:
5000 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5001 * @code
5002 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5003 * @endcode
5004 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5005 *
5006 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5007 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5008 */
5009 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5010
5011 /**
5012 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5013 * address before being allowed to edit?
5014 */
5015 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5016
5017 /**
5018 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5019 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5020 */
5021 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5022
5023 /**
5024 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5025 *
5026 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5027 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5028 *
5029 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5030 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5031 *
5032 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5033 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5034 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5035 * in in the user_groups table.
5036 *
5037 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5038 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5039 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5040 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5041 *
5042 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5043 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5044 *
5045 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5046 */
5047 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5048
5049 /** @cond file_level_code */
5050 // Implicit group for all visitors
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5064 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5065
5066 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5086
5087 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5090
5091 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5092 // from various log pages by default
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5101
5102 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5106 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5108 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5110 // can view deleted revision text
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5142 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5143 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5147
5148 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5151 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5152 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5153 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5154 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5155
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5157 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5158 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5160 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5162 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5164 // For private suppression log access
5165 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5166
5167 /**
5168 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5169 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5170 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5171 * server.
5172 */
5173 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5174
5175 /** @endcond */
5176
5177 /**
5178 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5179 *
5180 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5181 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5182 *
5183 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5184 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5185 */
5186 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5187
5188 /**
5189 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5190 */
5191 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5192
5193 /**
5194 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5195 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5196 *
5197 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5198 * group".
5199 *
5200 * @par Example:
5201 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5202 * @code
5203 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5204 * @endcode
5205 *
5206 * @par Example:
5207 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5208 * @code
5209 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5210 * @endcode
5211 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5212 * any group that they happen to be in.
5213 */
5214 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5215
5216 /**
5217 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5218 */
5219 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5220
5221 /**
5222 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5223 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5224 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5225 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5226 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5227 */
5228 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5229
5230 /**
5231 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5232 *
5233 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5234 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5235 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5236 *
5237 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5238 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5239 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5240 */
5241 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5242
5243 /**
5244 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5245 *
5246 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5247 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5248 *
5249 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5250 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5251 */
5252 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5253
5254 /**
5255 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5256 *
5257 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5258 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5259 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5260 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5261 * "semiprotected".
5262 *
5263 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5264 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5265 */
5266 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5267
5268 /**
5269 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5270 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5271 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5272 *
5273 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5274 */
5275 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5279 *
5280 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5281 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5282 *
5283 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5284 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5285 */
5286 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5290 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5291 * privileges of new accounts.
5292 *
5293 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5294 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5295 *
5296 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5297 *
5298 * @par Example:
5299 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5300 * @code
5301 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5302 * @endcode
5303 * Set age to one day:
5304 * @code
5305 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5306 * @endcode
5307 */
5308 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5309
5310 /**
5311 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5312 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5313 *
5314 * @par Example:
5315 * @code
5316 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5317 * @endcode
5318 */
5319 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5320
5321 /**
5322 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5323 *
5324 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5325 *
5326 * The format is
5327 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5328 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5329 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5330 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5331 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5332 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5333 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5334 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5335 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5336 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5339 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5340 *
5341 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5342 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5343 */
5344 $wgAutopromote = [
5345 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5346 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5347 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5348 ],
5349 ];
5350
5351 /**
5352 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5353 *
5354 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5355 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5356 *
5357 * The format is:
5358 * @code
5359 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5360 * @endcode
5361 * Where event is either:
5362 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5363 *
5364 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5365 *
5366 * @see $wgAutopromote
5367 * @since 1.18
5368 */
5369 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5370 'onEdit' => [],
5371 ];
5372
5373 /**
5374 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5375 * @since 1.18
5376 */
5377 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5378
5379 /**
5380 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5381 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5382 *
5383 * @par Example:
5384 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5385 * @code
5386 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5387 * @endcode
5388 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5389 * @code
5390 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5391 * @endcode
5392 * Sysops can make bots:
5393 * @code
5394 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5395 * @endcode
5396 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5397 * @code
5398 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5399 * @endcode
5400 */
5401 $wgAddGroups = [];
5402
5403 /**
5404 * @see $wgAddGroups
5405 */
5406 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5407
5408 /**
5409 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5410 * For extensions only.
5411 */
5412 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5413
5414 /**
5415 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5416 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5417 */
5418 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5419
5420 /**
5421 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5422 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5423 * This is limited for performance reason.
5424 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5425 * @since 1.23
5426 */
5427 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5428
5429 /**
5430 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5431 *
5432 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5433 */
5434 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5435
5436 /**
5437 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5438 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5439 *
5440 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5441 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5442 *
5443 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5444 *
5445 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5446 */
5447 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5448
5449 /**
5450 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5451 */
5452 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5453
5454 /**
5455 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5456 * proxies
5457 * @since 1.16
5458 */
5459 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5460
5461 /**
5462 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5463 *
5464 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5465 * the blacklist require a key).
5466 *
5467 * @par Example:
5468 * @code
5469 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5470 * // String containing URL
5471 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5472 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5473 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5474 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5475 * // just use a string as shown above
5476 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5477 * ];
5478 * @endcode
5479 *
5480 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5481 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5482 * @since 1.16
5483 */
5484 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5485
5486 /**
5487 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5488 * what the other methods might say.
5489 */
5490 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5491
5492 /**
5493 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5494 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5495 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5496 */
5497 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5498
5499 /**
5500 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5501 *
5502 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5503 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5504 * elapses.
5505 *
5506 * @par Example:
5507 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5508 * @code
5509 * $wgRateLimits = [ 4, 60 ];
5510 * @endcode
5511 *
5512 * @par Example:
5513 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5514 * @code
5515 * $wgRateLimits = [
5516 * 'edit' => [
5517 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5518 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5519 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5520 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5521 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5522 * ]
5523 * ]
5524 * @endcode
5525 *
5526 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5527 */
5528 $wgRateLimits = [
5529 // Page edits
5530 'edit' => [
5531 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5532 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5533 ],
5534 // Page moves
5535 'move' => [
5536 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5537 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5538 ],
5539 // File uploads
5540 'upload' => [
5541 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5542 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5543 ],
5544 // Page rollbacks
5545 'rollback' => [
5546 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5547 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5548 ],
5549 // Triggering password resets emails
5550 'mailpassword' => [
5551 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5552 ],
5553 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5554 'emailuser' => [
5555 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5556 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5557 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5558 ],
5559 // Purging pages
5560 'purge' => [
5561 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5562 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5563 ],
5564 // Purges of link tables
5565 'linkpurge' => [
5566 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5567 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5568 ],
5569 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5570 'renderfile' => [
5571 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5572 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5573 ],
5574 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5575 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5576 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5577 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5578 ],
5579 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5580 'stashedit' => [
5581 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5582 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5583 ],
5584 // Adding or removing change tags
5585 'changetag' => [
5586 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5587 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5588 ],
5589 // Changing the content model of a page
5590 'editcontentmodel' => [
5591 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5592 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5593 ],
5594 ];
5595
5596 /**
5597 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5598 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5599 */
5600 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5601
5602 /**
5603 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5604 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5605 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5606 */
5607 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5608
5609 /**
5610 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5611 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5612 */
5613 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5614
5615 /**
5616 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5617 *
5618 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5619 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5620 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5621 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5622 *
5623 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5624 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5625 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5626 */
5627 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5628 // Short term limit
5629 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5630 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5631 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5632 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5633 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5634 ];
5635
5636 /**
5637 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5638 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5639 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5640 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5641 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5642 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5643 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5644 * @since 1.27
5645 */
5646 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5647
5648 // @TODO: clean up grants
5649 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5650
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5656 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5661
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5664 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5666
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5668 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5671
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5673 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5674
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5678
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5680
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5685
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5696
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5705
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5707
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5714
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5722
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5725
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5727
5728 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5729
5730 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5731
5732 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5733
5734 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5735
5736 /**
5737 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5738 * @since 1.27
5739 */
5740 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5741 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5742 'basic' => 'hidden',
5743
5744 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5745 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5746 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5747 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5748
5749 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5750 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5751
5752 'sendemail' => 'email',
5753
5754 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5755 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5756
5757 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5758 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5759
5760 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5761 'rollback' => 'administration',
5762 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5763 'delete' => 'administration',
5764 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5765 'protect' => 'administration',
5766 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5767
5768 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5769
5770 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5771 ];
5772
5773 /**
5774 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5775 * @since 1.27
5776 */
5777 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5778
5779 /**
5780 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5781 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5782 * @since 1.27
5783 */
5784 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5785
5786 /**
5787 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5788 *
5789 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5790 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5791 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5792 * @since 1.27
5793 */
5794 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5795
5796 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5797
5798 /************************************************************************//**
5799 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5800 * @{
5801 */
5802
5803 /**
5804 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5805 */
5806 $wgSecretKey = false;
5807
5808 /**
5809 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5810 *
5811 * This can have the following formats:
5812 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5813 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5814 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5815 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5816 */
5817 $wgProxyList = [];
5818
5819 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5820
5821 /************************************************************************//**
5822 * @name Cookie settings
5823 * @{
5824 */
5825
5826 /**
5827 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5828 */
5829 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5830
5831 /**
5832 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5833 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5834 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5835 * login cookies session-only.
5836 */
5837 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5838
5839 /**
5840 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5841 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5842 */
5843 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5844
5845 /**
5846 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5847 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5848 */
5849 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5850
5851 /**
5852 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5853 * - true: Set secure flag
5854 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5855 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5856 */
5857 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5858
5859 /**
5860 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5861 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5862 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5863 * check.
5864 */
5865 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5866
5867 /**
5868 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5869 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5870 * name to be used as a prefix.
5871 */
5872 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5873
5874 /**
5875 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5876 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5877 * XSS attack.
5878 */
5879 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5880
5881 /**
5882 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5883 */
5884 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5885
5886 /**
5887 * Override to customise the session name
5888 */
5889 $wgSessionName = false;
5890
5891 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5892
5893 /************************************************************************//**
5894 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5895 * @{
5896 */
5897
5898 /**
5899 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5900 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5901 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5902 * Please see math/README for more information.
5903 */
5904 $wgUseTeX = false;
5905
5906 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5907
5908 /************************************************************************//**
5909 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5910 *
5911 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5912 *
5913 * @{
5914 */
5915
5916 /**
5917 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5918 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5919 * may contain private data.
5920 */
5921 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5922
5923 /**
5924 * Prefix for debug log lines
5925 */
5926 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5927
5928 /**
5929 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5930 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5931 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5932 */
5933 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5934
5935 /**
5936 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5937 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5938 * and gen=js requests.
5939 */
5940 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5941
5942 /**
5943 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5944 *
5945 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5946 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5947 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5948 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5949 */
5950 $wgDebugComments = false;
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5954 *
5955 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5956 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5957 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5958 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5959 */
5960 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5961
5962 /**
5963 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5964 *
5965 * @since 1.26
5966 */
5967 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5968 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5969 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5970 'GET' => [
5971 'masterConns' => 0,
5972 'writes' => 0,
5973 'readQueryTime' => 5
5974 ],
5975 // HTTP POST requests.
5976 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5977 'POST' => [
5978 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5979 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5980 'maxAffected' => 1000
5981 ],
5982 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5983 'masterConns' => 0,
5984 'writes' => 0,
5985 'readQueryTime' => 5
5986 ],
5987 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5988 'PostSend' => [
5989 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5990 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5991 'maxAffected' => 1000
5992 ],
5993 // Background job runner
5994 'JobRunner' => [
5995 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5996 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5997 'maxAffected' => 1000
5998 ],
5999 // Command-line scripts
6000 'Maintenance' => [
6001 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6002 'maxAffected' => 1000
6003 ]
6004 ];
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6008 *
6009 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6010 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6011 * in production.
6012 *
6013 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6014 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6015 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6016 * - associative array with keys:
6017 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6018 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6019 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6020 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6021 *
6022 * @par Example:
6023 * @code
6024 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6025 * @endcode
6026 *
6027 * @par Advanced example:
6028 * @code
6029 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6030 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6031 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6032 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6033 * ];
6034 * @endcode
6035 */
6036 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6037
6038 /**
6039 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6040 *
6041 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6042 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6043 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6044 * details.
6045 *
6046 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6047 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6048 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6049 *
6050 * @par To completely disable logging:
6051 * @code
6052 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6053 * @endcode
6054 *
6055 * @since 1.25
6056 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6057 * @see MwLogger
6058 */
6059 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6060 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6061 ];
6062
6063 /**
6064 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6065 *
6066 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6067 */
6068 $wgShowDebug = false;
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6072 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6073 */
6074 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6075
6076 /**
6077 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6078 */
6079 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6080
6081 /**
6082 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6083 */
6084 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6088 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6089 * to an attacker.
6090 */
6091 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6092
6093 /**
6094 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6095 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6096 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6097 * formatting.
6098 */
6099 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6100
6101 /**
6102 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6103 *
6104 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6105 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6106 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6107 * exception handler.
6108 */
6109 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6110
6111 /**
6112 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6113 */
6114 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6115
6116 /**
6117 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6118 */
6119 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6120
6121 /**
6122 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6123 * Should be a string, default false.
6124 * @since 1.20
6125 */
6126 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6127
6128 /**
6129 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6130 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6131 */
6132 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6136 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6137 * after the limit.
6138 */
6139 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6143 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6144 */
6145 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6146
6147 /**
6148 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6149 *
6150 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6151 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6152 */
6153 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6154
6155 /**
6156 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6157 *
6158 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6159 *
6160 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6161 *
6162 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6163 * @since 1.25
6164 */
6165 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6166
6167 /**
6168 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6169 *
6170 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6171 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6172 * @since 1.25
6173 */
6174 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6175
6176 /**
6177 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6178 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6179 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6180 * @since 1.28
6181 */
6182 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6183
6184 /**
6185 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6186 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6187 * templates.
6188 */
6189 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6193 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6194 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6195 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6196 */
6197 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6201 * filename is passed to it.
6202 *
6203 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6204 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6205 *
6206 * Use full paths.
6207 */
6208 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6209 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6210 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6211 ];
6212
6213 /**
6214 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6215 */
6216 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6217
6218 /**
6219 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6220 * @since 1.19
6221 */
6222 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6223
6224 /**
6225 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6226 * queries and other useful output.
6227 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6228 *
6229 * @since 1.19
6230 */
6231 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6232
6233 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6234
6235 /************************************************************************//**
6236 * @name Search
6237 * @{
6238 */
6239
6240 /**
6241 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6242 */
6243 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6244
6245 /**
6246 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6247 * by default off due to execution overhead
6248 */
6249 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6250
6251 /**
6252 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6253 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6254 */
6255 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6259 *
6260 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6261 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6262 *
6263 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6264 *
6265 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6266 */
6267 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6271 *
6272 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6273 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6274 *
6275 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6276 */
6277 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6278 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6279 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6280 ];
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6284 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6285 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6286 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6287 */
6288 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6292 * OpenSearch call.
6293 */
6294 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6295
6296 /**
6297 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6298 */
6299 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6300
6301 /**
6302 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6303 */
6304 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6305
6306 /**
6307 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6308 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6309 */
6310 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6311
6312 /**
6313 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6314 *
6315 * @par Example:
6316 * @code
6317 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6318 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6319 * @endcode
6320 */
6321 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6322 NS_MAIN => true,
6323 ];
6324
6325 /**
6326 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6327 * implemented by an extension instead.
6328 */
6329 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6330
6331 /**
6332 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6333 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6334 * search term.
6335 *
6336 * @par Example:
6337 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6338 * @code
6339 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6340 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6341 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6342 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6343 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6344 * @endcode
6345 */
6346 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6347
6348 /**
6349 * Search form behavior.
6350 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6351 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6352 */
6353 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6354
6355 /**
6356 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6357 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6358 * generated for all namespaces.
6359 */
6360 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6364 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6365 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6366 *
6367 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6368 * @par Example:
6369 * @code
6370 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6371 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6372 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6373 * ];
6374 * @endcode
6375 */
6376 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6377
6378 /**
6379 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6380 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6381 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6382 */
6383 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6384
6385 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6386
6387 /************************************************************************//**
6388 * @name Edit user interface
6389 * @{
6390 */
6391
6392 /**
6393 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6394 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6395 */
6396 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6397
6398 /**
6399 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6400 */
6401 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6402
6403 /**
6404 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6405 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6406 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6407 */
6408 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6409 NS_CATEGORY => true
6410 ];
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6414 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6415 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6416 */
6417 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6418
6419 /**
6420 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6421 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6422 * ting this variable false.
6423 */
6424 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6425
6426 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6427
6428 /************************************************************************//**
6429 * @name Maintenance
6430 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6431 * @{
6432 */
6433
6434 /**
6435 * @cond file_level_code
6436 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6437 */
6438 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6439 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6440 }
6441 /** @endcond */
6442
6443 /**
6444 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6445 */
6446 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6447
6448 /**
6449 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6450 * used as an explanation to users.
6451 *
6452 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6453 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6454 * option in MySQL.
6455 */
6456 $wgReadOnly = null;
6457
6458 /**
6459 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6460 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6461 * message.
6462 *
6463 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6464 */
6465 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6469 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6470 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6471 *
6472 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6473 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6474 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6475 */
6476 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Fully specified path to git binary
6480 */
6481 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6482
6483 /**
6484 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6485 *
6486 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6487 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6488 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6489 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6490 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6491 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6492 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6493 *
6494 * @since 1.20
6495 */
6496 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6497 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6498 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6499 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6500 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6501 ];
6502
6503 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6504
6505 /************************************************************************//**
6506 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6507 * @{
6508 */
6509
6510 /**
6511 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6512 * seconds will go.
6513 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6514 */
6515 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6519 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6520 * @since 1.26
6521 */
6522 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6526 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6527 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6528 * @since 1.26
6529 */
6530 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6531
6532 /**
6533 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6534 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6535 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6536 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6537 * is still there.
6538 */
6539 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6540
6541 /**
6542 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6543 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6544 */
6545 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6546
6547 /**
6548 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6549 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6550 */
6551 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6552
6553 /**
6554 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6555 * should be sent.
6556 *
6557 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6558 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6559 * specified server.
6560 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6561 *
6562 * The common options are:
6563 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6564 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6565 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6566 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6567 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6568 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6569 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6570 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6571 *
6572 * The IRC-specific options are:
6573 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6574 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6575 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6576 *
6577 * The JSON-specific options are:
6578 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6579 *
6580 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6581 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6582 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6583 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6584 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6585 * ];
6586 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6587 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6588 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6589 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6590 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6591 * ];
6592 * @since 1.22
6593 */
6594 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6595
6596 /**
6597 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6598 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6599 */
6600 $wgRCEngines = [
6601 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6602 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6603 ];
6604
6605 /**
6606 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6607 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6608 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6609 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6610 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6611 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6612 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6613 *
6614 * @since 1.27
6615 */
6616 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6617
6618 /**
6619 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6620 * New pages and new files are included.
6621 */
6622 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6623
6624 /**
6625 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6626 */
6627 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6628
6629 /**
6630 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6631 *
6632 * @since 1.27
6633 */
6634 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6638 */
6639 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6643 */
6644 $wgFeed = true;
6645
6646 /**
6647 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6648 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6649 */
6650 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6651
6652 /**
6653 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6654 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6655 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6656 *
6657 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6658 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6659 */
6660 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6661
6662 /**
6663 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6664 * pages larger than this size.
6665 */
6666 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6670 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6671 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6672 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6673 * as value.
6674 * @par Example:
6675 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6676 * @code
6677 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6678 * @endcode
6679 */
6680 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6681
6682 /**
6683 * Available feeds objects.
6684 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6685 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6686 */
6687 $wgFeedClasses = [
6688 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6689 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6690 ];
6691
6692 /**
6693 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6694 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6695 */
6696 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6697
6698 /**
6699 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6700 */
6701 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6705 */
6706 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6707
6708 /**
6709 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6710 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6711 * highlighted on the RC page.
6712 */
6713 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6714
6715 /**
6716 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6717 * view for watched pages with new changes
6718 */
6719 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6720
6721 /**
6722 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6723 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6724 */
6725 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6726
6727 /**
6728 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6729 */
6730 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6731
6732 /**
6733 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6734 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6735 */
6736 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6737
6738 /**
6739 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6740 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6741 * watchers.
6742 *
6743 * @since 1.21
6744 */
6745 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6746
6747 /**
6748 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6749 * certain types of edits.
6750 *
6751 * To register a new one:
6752 * @code
6753 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6754 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6755 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6756 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6757 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6758 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6759 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6760 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6761 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6762 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6763 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6764 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6765 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6766 * ];
6767 * @endcode
6768 *
6769 * @since 1.22
6770 */
6771 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6772 'newpage' => [
6773 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6774 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6775 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6776 'grouping' => 'any',
6777 ],
6778 'minor' => [
6779 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6780 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6781 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6782 'class' => 'minoredit',
6783 'grouping' => 'all',
6784 ],
6785 'bot' => [
6786 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6787 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6788 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6789 'class' => 'botedit',
6790 'grouping' => 'all',
6791 ],
6792 'unpatrolled' => [
6793 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6794 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6795 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6796 'grouping' => 'any',
6797 ],
6798 ];
6799
6800 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6801
6802 /************************************************************************//**
6803 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6804 * @{
6805 */
6806
6807 /**
6808 * Override for copyright metadata.
6809 *
6810 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6811 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6812 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6813 */
6814 $wgRightsPage = null;
6815
6816 /**
6817 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6818 * wiki.
6819 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6820 */
6821 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6822
6823 /**
6824 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6825 * link.
6826 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6827 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6828 */
6829 $wgRightsText = null;
6830
6831 /**
6832 * Override for copyright metadata.
6833 */
6834 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6838 */
6839 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6840
6841 /**
6842 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6843 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6844 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6845 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6846 * large wikis.
6847 */
6848 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6849
6850 /**
6851 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6852 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6853 */
6854 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6855
6856 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6857
6858 /************************************************************************//**
6859 * @name Import / Export
6860 * @{
6861 */
6862
6863 /**
6864 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6865 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6866 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6867 *
6868 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6869 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6870 * e.g.
6871 * @code
6872 * $wgImportSources = [
6873 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6874 * 'wikispecies',
6875 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6876 * ];
6877 * @endcode
6878 *
6879 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6880 * the ImportSources hook.
6881 *
6882 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6883 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6884 */
6885 $wgImportSources = [];
6886
6887 /**
6888 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6889 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6890 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6891 *
6892 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6893 */
6894 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6895
6896 /**
6897 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6898 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6899 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6900 */
6901 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6902
6903 /**
6904 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6905 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6906 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6907 */
6908 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6912 */
6913 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6914
6915 /**
6916 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6917 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6918 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6919 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6920 * it's disabled by default for now.
6921 *
6922 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6923 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6924 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6925 */
6926 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6930 */
6931 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6932
6933 /**
6934 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6935 */
6936 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6937
6938 /**
6939 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6940 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6941 *
6942 * @since 1.27
6943 */
6944 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6945
6946 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6947
6948 /*************************************************************************//**
6949 * @name Extensions
6950 * @{
6951 */
6952
6953 /**
6954 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6955 * initialised
6956 */
6957 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6958
6959 /**
6960 * Extension messages files.
6961 *
6962 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6963 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6964 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6965 * is the most common.
6966 *
6967 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6968 * in the core.
6969 *
6970 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6971 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6972 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6973 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6974 *
6975 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6976 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6977 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6978 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6979 *
6980 * @par Example:
6981 * @code
6982 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6983 * @endcode
6984 */
6985 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6986
6987 /**
6988 * Extension messages directories.
6989 *
6990 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6991 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6992 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6993 * message directories.
6994 *
6995 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6996 *
6997 * @par Simple example:
6998 * @code
6999 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7000 * @endcode
7001 *
7002 * @par Complex example:
7003 * @code
7004 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7005 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7006 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7007 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7008 * ]
7009 * @endcode
7010 * @since 1.23
7011 */
7012 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7013
7014 /**
7015 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7016 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7017 * @since 1.22
7018 */
7019 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7020
7021 /**
7022 * Parser output hooks.
7023 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7024 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7025 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7026 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7027 *
7028 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7029 *
7030 * The callback has the form:
7031 * @code
7032 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7033 * @endcode
7034 */
7035 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7039 */
7040 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7041
7042 /**
7043 * List of valid skin names
7044 *
7045 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7046 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7047 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7048 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7049 */
7050 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7051
7052 /**
7053 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7054 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7055 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7056 * SpecialPage.
7057 */
7058 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7059
7060 /**
7061 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7062 */
7063 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7064
7065 /**
7066 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7067 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7068 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7069 */
7070 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7071
7072 /**
7073 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7074 *
7075 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7076 *
7077 * @code
7078 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7079 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7080 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7081 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7082 * 'author' => [
7083 * 'Foo Barstein',
7084 * ],
7085 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7086 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7087 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7088 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7089 * ];
7090 * @endcode
7091 *
7092 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7093 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7094 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7095 * interpreted as wikitext.
7096 *
7097 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7098 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7099 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7100 *
7101 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7102 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7103 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7104 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7105 *
7106 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7107 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7108 * usually are.)
7109 *
7110 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7111 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7112 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7113 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7114 *
7115 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7116 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7117 *
7118 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7119 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7120 *
7121 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7122 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7123 */
7124 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7125
7126 /**
7127 * Authentication plugin.
7128 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7129 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7130 */
7131 $wgAuth = null;
7132
7133 /**
7134 * Global list of hooks.
7135 *
7136 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7137 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7138 * internally by Hook:run().
7139 *
7140 * The value can be one of:
7141 *
7142 * - A function name:
7143 * @code
7144 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7145 * @endcode
7146 * - A function with some data:
7147 * @code
7148 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7149 * @endcode
7150 * - A an object method:
7151 * @code
7152 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7153 * @endcode
7154 * - A closure:
7155 * @code
7156 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7157 * // Handler code goes here.
7158 * };
7159 * @endcode
7160 *
7161 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7162 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7163 *
7164 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7165 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7166 */
7167 $wgHooks = [];
7168
7169 /**
7170 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7171 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7172 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7173 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7174 * hook for that.
7175 *
7176 * @see MediaWikiServices
7177 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7178 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7179 */
7180 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7181 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7182 ];
7183
7184 /**
7185 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7186 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7187 */
7188 $wgJobClasses = [
7189 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7190 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7191 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7192 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7193 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7194 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7195 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7196 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7197 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7198 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7199 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7200 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7201 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7202 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7203 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7204 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7205 'null' => 'NullJob'
7206 ];
7207
7208 /**
7209 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7210 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7211 *
7212 * These can be:
7213 * - Very long-running jobs.
7214 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7215 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7216 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7217 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7218 */
7219 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7220
7221 /**
7222 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7223 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7224 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7225 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7226 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7227 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7228 * @var float[]
7229 */
7230 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7231
7232 /**
7233 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7234 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7235 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7236 *
7237 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7238 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7239 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7240 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7241 *
7242 * @var float|bool
7243 * @since 1.26
7244 */
7245 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7246
7247 /**
7248 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7249 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7250 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7251 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7252 */
7253 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7254 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7255 ];
7256
7257 /**
7258 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7259 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7260 */
7261 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7262 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7263 ];
7264
7265 /**
7266 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7267 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7268 */
7269 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7270 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7271 ];
7272
7273 /**
7274 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7275 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7276 * or:
7277 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7278 * Hooks should return strings or false
7279 */
7280 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7281
7282 /**
7283 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7284 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7285 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7286 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7287 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7288 */
7289 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7290 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7291 ];
7292
7293 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7294
7295 /*************************************************************************//**
7296 * @name Categories
7297 * @{
7298 */
7299
7300 /**
7301 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7302 */
7303 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7304
7305 /**
7306 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7307 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7308 */
7309 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7310
7311 /**
7312 * Paging limit for categories
7313 */
7314 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7315
7316 /**
7317 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7318 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7319 *
7320 * Available values are:
7321 *
7322 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7323 *
7324 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7325 *
7326 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7327 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7328 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7329 *
7330 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7331 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7332 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7333 * server.
7334 *
7335 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7336 * the sort keys in the database.
7337 *
7338 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7339 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7340 */
7341 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7342
7343 /** @} */ # End categories }
7344
7345 /*************************************************************************//**
7346 * @name Logging
7347 * @{
7348 */
7349
7350 /**
7351 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7352 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7353 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7354 * log type.
7355 */
7356 $wgLogTypes = [
7357 '',
7358 'block',
7359 'protect',
7360 'rights',
7361 'delete',
7362 'upload',
7363 'move',
7364 'import',
7365 'patrol',
7366 'merge',
7367 'suppress',
7368 'tag',
7369 'managetags',
7370 'contentmodel',
7371 ];
7372
7373 /**
7374 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7375 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7376 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7377 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7378 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7379 */
7380 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7381 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7382 ];
7383
7384 /**
7385 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7386 *
7387 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7388 *
7389 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7390 *
7391 * @par Example:
7392 * @code
7393 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7394 * @endcode
7395 *
7396 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7397 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7398 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7399 *
7400 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7401 * for the link text.
7402 */
7403 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7404 'patrol' => true,
7405 'tag' => true,
7406 ];
7407
7408 /**
7409 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7410 * will be listed in the user interface.
7411 *
7412 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7413 *
7414 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7415 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7416 */
7417 $wgLogNames = [
7418 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7419 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7420 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7421 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7422 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7423 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7424 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7425 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7426 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7427 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7428 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7429 ];
7430
7431 /**
7432 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7433 * top of each log type.
7434 *
7435 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7436 *
7437 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7438 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7439 */
7440 $wgLogHeaders = [
7441 '' => 'alllogstext',
7442 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7443 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7444 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7445 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7446 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7447 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7448 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7449 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7450 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7451 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7452 ];
7453
7454 /**
7455 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7456 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7457 *
7458 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7459 */
7460 $wgLogActions = [];
7461
7462 /**
7463 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7464 * not messages.
7465 * @see LogPage::actionText
7466 * @see LogFormatter
7467 */
7468 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7469 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7470 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7471 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7472 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7473 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7474 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7475 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7476 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7477 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7478 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7479 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7480 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7481 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7482 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7483 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7484 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7485 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7486 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7487 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7488 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7489 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7490 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7491 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7492 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7493 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7494 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7495 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7496 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7497 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7498 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7499 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7500 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7501 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7502 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7503 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7504 ];
7505
7506 /**
7507 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7508 *
7509 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7510 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7511 * Extensions may append to this array
7512 * @since 1.27
7513 */
7514 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7515 'block' => [
7516 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7517 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7518 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7519 ],
7520 'contentmodel' => [
7521 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7522 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7523 ],
7524 'delete' => [
7525 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7526 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7527 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7528 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7529 ],
7530 'import' => [
7531 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7532 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7533 ],
7534 'managetags' => [
7535 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7536 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7537 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7538 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7539 ],
7540 'move' => [
7541 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7542 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7543 ],
7544 'newusers' => [
7545 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7546 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7547 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7548 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7549 ],
7550 'patrol' => [
7551 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7552 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7553 ],
7554 'protect' => [
7555 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7556 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7557 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7558 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7559 ],
7560 'rights' => [
7561 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7562 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7563 ],
7564 'suppress' => [
7565 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7566 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7567 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7568 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7569 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7570 ],
7571 'upload' => [
7572 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7573 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7574 ],
7575 ];
7576
7577 /**
7578 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7579 */
7580 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7581
7582 /** @} */ # end logging }
7583
7584 /*************************************************************************//**
7585 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7586 * @{
7587 */
7588
7589 /**
7590 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7591 */
7592 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7593
7594 /**
7595 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7596 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7597 */
7598 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7599
7600 /**
7601 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7602 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7603 */
7604 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7605
7606 /**
7607 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7608 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7609 */
7610 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7611
7612 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7613
7614 /*************************************************************************//**
7615 * @name Actions
7616 * @{
7617 */
7618
7619 /**
7620 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7621 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7622 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7623 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7624 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7625 * instead of the default class.
7626 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7627 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7628 */
7629 $wgActions = [
7630 'credits' => true,
7631 'delete' => true,
7632 'edit' => true,
7633 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7634 'history' => true,
7635 'info' => true,
7636 'markpatrolled' => true,
7637 'protect' => true,
7638 'purge' => true,
7639 'raw' => true,
7640 'render' => true,
7641 'revert' => true,
7642 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7643 'rollback' => true,
7644 'submit' => true,
7645 'unprotect' => true,
7646 'unwatch' => true,
7647 'view' => true,
7648 'watch' => true,
7649 ];
7650
7651 /** @} */ # end actions }
7652
7653 /*************************************************************************//**
7654 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7655 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7656 * @{
7657 */
7658
7659 /**
7660 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7661 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7662 * basis.
7663 */
7664 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7665
7666 /**
7667 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7668 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7669 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7670 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7671 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7672 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7673 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7674 *
7675 * @par Example:
7676 * @code
7677 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7678 * @endcode
7679 */
7680 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7681
7682 /**
7683 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7684 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7685 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7686 *
7687 * @par Example:
7688 * @code
7689 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7690 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7691 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7692 * ];
7693 * @endcode
7694 *
7695 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7696 * forms:
7697 * @code
7698 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7699 * # Underscore, not space!
7700 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7701 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7702 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7703 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7704 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7705 * ];
7706 * @endcode
7707 */
7708 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7709
7710 /**
7711 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7712 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7713 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7714 *
7715 * @par Example:
7716 * @code
7717 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7718 * @endcode
7719 */
7720 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7721
7722 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7723
7724 /************************************************************************//**
7725 * @name AJAX and API
7726 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7727 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7728 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7729 * @{
7730 */
7731
7732 /**
7733 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7734 * machine-readable data via api.php
7735 *
7736 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7737 */
7738 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7739
7740 /**
7741 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7742 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7743 * accesses it
7744 */
7745 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7746
7747 /**
7748 *
7749 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7750 *
7751 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7752 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7753 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7754 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7755 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7756 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7757 * requiring POST.
7758 *
7759 * @since 1.21
7760 */
7761 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7762
7763 /**
7764 * API module extensions.
7765 *
7766 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7767 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7768 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7769 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7770 *
7771 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7772 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7773 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7774 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7775 * field.
7776 *
7777 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7778 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7779 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7780 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7781 *
7782 * Examples for registering API modules:
7783 *
7784 * @code
7785 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7786 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7787 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7788 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7789 * ];
7790 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7791 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7792 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7793 * ];
7794 * @endcode
7795 *
7796 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7797 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7798 */
7799 $wgAPIModules = [];
7800
7801 /**
7802 * API format module extensions.
7803 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7804 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7805 *
7806 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7807 */
7808 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7809
7810 /**
7811 * API Query meta module extensions.
7812 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7813 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7814 *
7815 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7816 */
7817 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7818
7819 /**
7820 * API Query prop module extensions.
7821 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7822 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7823 *
7824 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7825 */
7826 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7827
7828 /**
7829 * API Query list module extensions.
7830 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7831 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7832 *
7833 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7834 */
7835 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7836
7837 /**
7838 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7839 * The default value is generally fine
7840 */
7841 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7842
7843 /**
7844 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7845 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7846 */
7847 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7848
7849 /**
7850 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7851 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7852 */
7853 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7854
7855 /**
7856 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7857 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7858 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7859 */
7860 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7861
7862 /**
7863 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7864 * API request logging
7865 */
7866 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7867
7868 /**
7869 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7870 */
7871 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7872
7873 /**
7874 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7875 * API queries.
7876 */
7877 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7878 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7879 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7880 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7881 ];
7882
7883 /**
7884 * Enable AJAX framework
7885 */
7886 $wgUseAjax = true;
7887
7888 /**
7889 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7890 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7891 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7892 */
7893 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7894
7895 /**
7896 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7897 */
7898 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7899
7900 /**
7901 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7902 */
7903 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7904
7905 /**
7906 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7907 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7908 */
7909 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7910
7911 /**
7912 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7913 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7914 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7915 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7916 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7917 *
7918 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7919 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7920 *
7921 * @par Example:
7922 * @code
7923 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7924 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7925 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7926 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7927 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7928 * ];
7929 * @endcode
7930 */
7931 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7932
7933 /**
7934 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7935 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7936 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7937 */
7938 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7939
7940 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7941
7942 /************************************************************************//**
7943 * @name Shell and process control
7944 * @{
7945 */
7946
7947 /**
7948 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7949 */
7950 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7951
7952 /**
7953 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7954 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7955 */
7956 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7957
7958 /**
7959 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7960 */
7961 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7962
7963 /**
7964 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7965 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7966 */
7967 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7968
7969 /**
7970 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7971 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7972 *
7973 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7974 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7975 * them segfault or deadlock.
7976 *
7977 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7978 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7979 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7980 *
7981 * @par Example:
7982 * @code
7983 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7984 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7985 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7986 * @endcode
7987 *
7988 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7989 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7990 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7991 */
7992 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7993
7994 /**
7995 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7996 */
7997 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7998
7999 /**
8000 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8001 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8002 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8003 */
8004 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8005
8006 /** @} */ # End shell }
8007
8008 /************************************************************************//**
8009 * @name HTTP client
8010 * @{
8011 */
8012
8013 /**
8014 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8015 */
8016 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8017
8018 /**
8019 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8020 */
8021 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8022
8023 /**
8024 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8025 */
8026 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8027
8028 /**
8029 * Local virtual hosts.
8030 *
8031 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8032 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8033 * then no proxy will be used.
8034 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8035 * proxy if it is configured.
8036 * @since 1.25
8037 */
8038 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8042 * Only works for curl
8043 */
8044 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8045
8046 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8047
8048 /************************************************************************//**
8049 * @name Job queue
8050 * @{
8051 */
8052
8053 /**
8054 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8055 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8056 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8057 * be run periodically.
8058 */
8059 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8060
8061 /**
8062 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8063 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8064 * execution finishes.
8065 *
8066 * @since 1.23
8067 */
8068 $wgRunJobsAsync = (
8069 !function_exists( 'register_postsend_function' ) &&
8070 !function_exists( 'fastcgi_finish_request' )
8071 );
8072
8073 /**
8074 * Number of rows to update per job
8075 */
8076 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8077
8078 /**
8079 * Number of rows to update per query
8080 */
8081 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8082
8083 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8084
8085 /************************************************************************//**
8086 * @name Miscellaneous
8087 * @{
8088 */
8089
8090 /**
8091 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8092 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8093 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8094 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8095 */
8096 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8097
8098 /**
8099 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8100 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8101 *
8102 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8103 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8104 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8105 */
8106 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8107
8108 /**
8109 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8110 * For debugging
8111 */
8112 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8113
8114 /**
8115 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8116 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8117 */
8118 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8119
8120 /**
8121 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8122 */
8123 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8124
8125 /**
8126 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8127 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8128 */
8129 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8130
8131 /**
8132 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8133 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8134 */
8135 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8136
8137 /**
8138 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8139 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8140 *
8141 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8142 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8143 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8144 * parameters.
8145 *
8146 * @par Example:
8147 * @code
8148 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8149 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8150 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8151 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8152 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8153 * ... any extension-specific options...
8154 * ];
8155 * @endcode
8156 */
8157 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8158
8159 /**
8160 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8161 */
8162 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8166 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8167 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8168 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8169 *
8170 * @since 1.21
8171 */
8172 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8173
8174 /**
8175 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8176 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8177 *
8178 * * 'ignore': return null
8179 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8180 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8181 *
8182 * @since 1.21
8183 */
8184 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8185
8186 /**
8187 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8188 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8189 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8190 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8191 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8192 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8193 *
8194 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8195 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8196 *
8197 * @since 1.21
8198 */
8199 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8203 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8204 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8205 *
8206 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8207 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8208 *
8209 * @since 1.21
8210 */
8211 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8212 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8213 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8214 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8215 ];
8216
8217 /**
8218 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8219 *
8220 * @since 1.20
8221 */
8222 $wgSiteTypes = [
8223 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8224 ];
8225
8226 /**
8227 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8228 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8229 * @since 1.23
8230 */
8231 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8232
8233 /**
8234 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8235 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8236 * @see bug 65184
8237 * @since 1.24
8238 */
8239 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8240
8241 /**
8242 * Secret for session storage.
8243 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8244 * be used.
8245 * @since 1.27
8246 */
8247 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8248
8249 /**
8250 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8251 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8252 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8253 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8254 * @since 1.27
8255 */
8256 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8257
8258 /**
8259 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8260 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8261 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8262 * be used.
8263 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8264 * @since 1.24
8265 */
8266 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8267
8268 /**
8269 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8270 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8271 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8272 * @since 1.24
8273 */
8274 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8275
8276 /**
8277 * Enable page language feature
8278 * Allows setting page language in database
8279 * @var bool
8280 * @since 1.24
8281 */
8282 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8283
8284 /**
8285 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8286 *
8287 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8288 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8289 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8290 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8291 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8292 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8293 *
8294 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8295 *
8296 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8297 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8298 * 'options' => [
8299 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8300 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8301 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8302 * ]
8303 * ];
8304 *
8305 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8306 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8307 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8308 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8309 *
8310 * Example config for Parsoid:
8311 *
8312 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8313 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8314 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8315 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8316 * ];
8317 *
8318 * @var array
8319 * @since 1.25
8320 */
8321 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8322 'paths' => [],
8323 'modules' => [],
8324 'global' => [
8325 # Timeout in seconds
8326 'timeout' => 360,
8327 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8328 'forwardCookies' => false,
8329 'HTTPProxy' => null
8330 ]
8331 ];
8332
8333 /**
8334 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8335 * these suggestions.
8336 *
8337 * @var bool
8338 * @since 1.26
8339 */
8340 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8341
8342 /**
8343 * Where popular password file is located.
8344 *
8345 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8346 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8347 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8348 *
8349 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8350 * @since 1.27
8351 * @var string path to file
8352 */
8353 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8354
8355 /*
8356 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8357 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8358 *
8359 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8360 * @since 1.27
8361 */
8362 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8363
8364 /**
8365 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8366 *
8367 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8368 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8369 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8370 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8371 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8372 *
8373 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8374 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8375 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8376 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8377 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8378 *
8379 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8380 *
8381 * @since 1.27
8382 */
8383 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8384 'default' => [
8385 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8386 ]
8387 ];
8388
8389 /**
8390 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8391 *
8392 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8393 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8394 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8395 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8396 *
8397 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8398 *
8399 * @var bool
8400 * @since 1.28
8401 */
8402 $wgPingback = false;
8403
8404 /**
8405 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8406 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8407 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8408 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8409 *
8410 * @since 1.28
8411 */
8412 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8413 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8414 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8415 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8416 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8417 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8418 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8419 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8420 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8421 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8422 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8423 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8424 ];
8425
8426 /**
8427 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8428 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8429 * @}
8430 */